linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
   2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
   3/*
   4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
   5 *
   6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
   8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
   9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
  10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
  11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
  12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
  13 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
  15 *
  16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
  17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
  18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
  19 *
  20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
  21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
  22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
  23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
  25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
  26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  27 *
  28 */
  29
  30/*
  31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
  32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
  33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
  34 *
  35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
  36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
  37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
  38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
  39 * can actually be identified and removed.
  40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
  41 */
  42
  43#include <linux/types.h>
  44
  45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
  46
  47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
  48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
  49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
  50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
  51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
  52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
  53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
  54
  55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN      4
  56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX      15
  57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN       1
  58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX       0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
  59
  60/**
  61 * DOC: Station handling
  62 *
  63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
  64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
  65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
  66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
  67 * to.
  68 *
  69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
  70 * capabilities.
  71 *
  72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
  73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
  74 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
  75 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
  76 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
  77 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
  78 *    time mark it authorized.
  79 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
  80 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
  81 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
  82 *
  83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
  84 */
  85
  86/**
  87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
  88 *
  89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
  90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
  91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
  92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
  93 * for various reasons.
  94 *
  95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
  96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
  97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
  98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
  99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
 101 * for doing that.
 102 *
 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 106 *
 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 108 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 109 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 110 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 111 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 112 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 113 *
 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 118 *
 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 120 * below.
 121 */
 122
 123/**
 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 125 *
 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 130 *
 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 134 *
 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 142 *
 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 151 *
 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 154 */
 155
 156/**
 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 158 *
 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 162 * and power consumption.
 163 *
 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 167 * following events occur.
 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 172 *
 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 174 * rule.
 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 179 */
 180
 181/**
 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 183 *
 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
 187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
 188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
 189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
 190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
 191 *
 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
 195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
 196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
 197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
 198 *
 199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
 202 */
 203
 204/**
 205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 206 *
 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
 213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
 214 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 215 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 216 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 217 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 222 *
 223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
 225 * up a connection or after roaming.
 226 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 227 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 228 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 229 *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 232 *
 233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 240 */
 241
 242/**
 243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
 244 *
 245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
 247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
 248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
 249 */
 250
 251/**
 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
 253 *
 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
 260 * that main netdev.
 261 *
 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
 265 */
 266
 267/**
 268 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 269 *
 270 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 271 *
 272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 273 *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
 274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
 275 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
 276 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
 277 *      attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
 278 *      monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
 279 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
 280 *      and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
 281 *      However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
 282 *      instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
 283 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 284 *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 285 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 287 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 288 *
 289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
 290 *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 291 *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
 292 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 293 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 294 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 295 *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 296 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 297 *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 298 *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 299 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 300 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 301 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 302 *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 303 *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 304 *
 305 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 306 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 307 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 308 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
 309 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
 310 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 311 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
 312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 313 *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 314 *
 315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 317 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 318 *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 319 *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 320 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 321 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 322 *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 323 *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 324 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 325 *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 326 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
 327 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
 328 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 329 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
 330 *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
 331 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
 332 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 333 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 334 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
 335 *
 336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 337 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 338 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 339 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 341 *      the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 343 *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
 344 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 345 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 346 *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 347 *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 348 *      frame).
 349 *
 350 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 351 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 352 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 354 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 355 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 356 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 357 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 358 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 359 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 360 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 361 *      the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 362 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 363 *      or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 364 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 366 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 367 *
 368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
 369 *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 370 *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 371 *      global regdomain will be returned.
 372 *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 373 *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 374 *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
 375 *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 376 *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 377 *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
 378 *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 379 *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 380 *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
 381 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 382 *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 383 *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 384 *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 385 *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 386 *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 387 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 388 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 389 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 390 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 391 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
 392 *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
 393 *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 394 *
 395 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
 396 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 397 *
 398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
 399 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 400 *
 401 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 402 *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 403 *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 404 *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 405 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 406 *      added to all specified management frames generated by
 407 *      kernel/firmware/driver.
 408 *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 409 *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 410 *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 411 *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 412 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 413 *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 414 *
 415 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 416 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
 417 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 418 *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
 419 *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 420 *      be used.
 421 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 422 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 423 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 424 *      partial scan results may be available
 425 *
 426 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
 427 *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 428 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 429 *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 430 *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 431 *      These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 432 *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 433 *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 434 *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 435 *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
 436 *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 437 *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 438 *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 439 *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 440 *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 441 *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 442 *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 443 *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
 444 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 445 *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
 446 *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 447 *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 448 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
 449 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 450 *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 451 *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
 452 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 453 *      results available.
 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 455 *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 456 *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 457 *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 458 *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 459 *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 460 *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 461 *
 462 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 463 *      or noise level
 464 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 465 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 466 *
 467 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 468 *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 469 *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 470 *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 471 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 472 *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 473 *      advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 474 *      ESS.
 475 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 476 *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 477 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 478 *      authentication.
 479 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 480 *
 481 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 482 *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
 483 *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 484 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 485 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 486 *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 487 *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 488 *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 489 *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 490 *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
 491 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 492 *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 493 *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 494 *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 495 *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 496 *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 497 *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 498 *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 499 *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 500 *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 501 *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 502 *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 503 *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 504 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 505 *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 506 *      the beacon hint was processed.
 507 *
 508 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 509 *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 510 *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 511 *      authentication process.
 512 *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 513 *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 514 *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 515 *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 516 *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 517 *      to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
 518 *      is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
 519 *      define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
 520 *      to be added to the frame.
 521 *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
 522 *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 523 *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 524 *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 525 *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
 526 *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 527 *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 528 *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 529 *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 530 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 531 *      pending authentication timed out).
 532 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 533 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 534 *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
 535 *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 536 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 537 *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 538 *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 539 *      included).
 540 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
 541 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
 542 *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 543 *      primitives).
 544 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
 545 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
 546 *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
 547 *
 548 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 549 *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 550 *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 551 *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 552 *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 553 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 554 *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 555 *
 556 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 557 *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 558 *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 559 *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 560 *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
 561 *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 562 *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 563 *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
 564 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 565 *      determined by the network interface.
 566 *
 567 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 568 *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 569 *      to the driver.
 570 *
 571 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 572 *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 573 *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 574 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
 575 *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
 576 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
 577 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 578 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
 579 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 580 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 581 *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 582 *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 583 *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 584 *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 585 *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 586 *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 587 *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 588 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 589 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
 590 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 591 *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 592 *      a different BSS is desired.
 593 *      Background scan period can optionally be
 594 *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 595 *      if not specified default background scan configuration
 596 *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 597 *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
 598 *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 599 *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
 600 *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 601 *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 602 *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 603 *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 604 *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 605 *      well to remain backwards compatible.
 606 *      When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
 607 *      handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
 608 *      the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
 609 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 610 *      When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
 611 *      the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
 612 *      handshake), this event should be followed by an
 613 *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
 614 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 615 *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 616 *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 617 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 618 *
 619 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 620 *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 621 *
 622 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 623 *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 624 *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 625 *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
 626 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 627 *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
 628 *      frequency for the operation.
 629 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 630 *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 631 *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 632 *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 633 *      radio).
 634 *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 635 *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 636 *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 637 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 638 *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 639 *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 640 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 641 *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 642 *      uniquely identify the request.
 643 *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 644 *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 645 *
 646 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 647 *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 648 *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 649 *
 650 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 651 *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 652 *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 653 *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 654 *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 655 *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 656 *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 657 *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 658 *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
 659 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 660 *      backward compatibility
 661 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 662 *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 663 *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
 664 *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 665 *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 666 *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 667 *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 668 *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 669 *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 670 *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
 671 *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 672 *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 673 *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
 674 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 675 *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
 676 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 677 *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 678 *      is used during CSA period.
 679 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 680 *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 681 *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
 682 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
 683 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 684 *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
 685 *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 686 *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 687 *      the frame.
 688 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 689 *      backward compatibility.
 690 *
 691 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 692 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 693 *
 694 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 695 *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 696 *      levels.
 697 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 698 *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 699 *      reached.
 700 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 701 *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 702 *      (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
 703 *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 704 *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 705 *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 706 *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 707 *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 708 *      precedence when they are used.
 709 *
 710 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
 711 *
 712 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 713 *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 714 *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 715 *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 716 *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 717 *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 718 *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 719 *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 720 *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 721 *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 722 *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 723 *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 724 *      command, the feature is disabled.
 725 *
 726 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 727 *      mesh config parameters may be given.
 728 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 729 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 730 *
 731 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 732 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 733 *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 734 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 735 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 736 *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 737 *
 738 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 739 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 740 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
 741 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 742 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 743 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 744 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 745 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
 746 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 747 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 748 *      depending on the authentication result.
 749 *
 750 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 751 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 752 *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 753 *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 754 *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 755 *      more background information, see
 756 *      http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
 757 *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 758 *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 759 *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 760 *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 761 *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 762 *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
 763 *
 764 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 765 *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 766 *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 767 *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 768 *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 769 *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 770 *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 771 *
 772 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 773 *      of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 774 *
 775 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
 776 *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 777 *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 778 *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 779 *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 780 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 781 *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
 782 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 783 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 784 *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 785 *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 786 *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 787 *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 788 *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 789 *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
 790 *
 791 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 792 *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 793 *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 794 *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 795 *      is received.
 796 *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 797 *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
 798 *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
 799 *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 800 *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 801 *
 802 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 803 *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 804 *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 805 *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
 806 *
 807 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 808 *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 809 *      acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 810 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 811 *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 812 *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 813 *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 814 *
 815 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 816 *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 817 *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 818 *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 819 *
 820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 821 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 822 *
 823 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 824 *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
 825 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
 826 *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 827 *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 828 *      from the remote AP) is completed;
 829 *
 830 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 831 *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 832 *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 833 *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 834 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 835 *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 836 *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 837 *      interfaces to change channel as well.
 838 *
 839 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 840 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 841 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 842 *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 843 *      public action frame TX.
 844 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 845 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 846 *
 847 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 848 *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 849 *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 850 *      is used for this.
 851 *
 852 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 853 *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
 854 *
 855 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 856 *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 857 *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 858 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 859 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 860 *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 861 *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 862 *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 863 *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 864 *
 865 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 866 *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 867 *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 868 *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 869 *      while operating on this channel.
 870 *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 871 *      event.
 872 *
 873 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 874 *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 875 *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 876 *
 877 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 878 *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
 879 *
 880 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 881 *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 882 *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 883 *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 884 *
 885 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 886 *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 887 *      complete.
 888 *
 889 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 890 *      return back to normal.
 891 *
 892 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 893 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 894 *
 895 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 896 *      the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 897 *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 898 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 899 *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 900 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 901 *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 902 *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 903 *      switch is complete.
 904 *
 905 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 906 *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 907 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 908 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 909 *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 910 *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 911 *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 912 *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 913 *
 914 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 915 *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 916 *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 917 *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 918 *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 919 *
 920 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
 921 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
 922 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
 923 *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
 924 *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
 925 *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
 926 *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
 927 *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
 928 *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
 929 *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
 930 *      fail even if the check was successful.
 931 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
 932 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
 933 *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
 934 *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
 935 *
 936 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
 937 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 938 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 939 *
 940 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
 941 *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
 942 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
 943 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 944 *
 945 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
 946 *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
 947 *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
 948 *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
 949 *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
 950 *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
 951 *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
 952 *      AP.
 953 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
 954 *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
 955 *      when this command completes.
 956 *
 957 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
 958 *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
 959 *      management.
 960 *
 961 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
 962 *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
 963 *      cfg80211_scan_done().
 964 *
 965 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
 966 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
 967 *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
 968 *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
 969 *      cluster. This command must have a valid
 970 *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
 971 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
 972 *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
 973 *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
 974 *      added.
 975 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
 976 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
 977 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
 978 *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
 979 *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
 980 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 981 *      of the function upon success.
 982 *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
 983 *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
 984 *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
 985 *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
 986 *      which just terminated.
 987 *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
 988 *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
 989 *      the response to this command.
 990 *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
 991 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
 992 *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
 993 *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
 994 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
 995 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
 996 *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
 997 *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
 998 *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
 999 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1000 *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1001 *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1002 *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1004 *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1005 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1008 *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1009 *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1010 *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1011 *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1012 *
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1014 *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1015 *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1016 *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1017 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1018 *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1019 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1021 *      handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1022 *      specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1023 *      offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1024 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1025 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1026 *
1027 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1028 *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1029 *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1030 *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1031 *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1032 *      802.11 headers.
1033 *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1034 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1035 *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1036 *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1037 *
1038 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1039 *
1040 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1041 *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1042 *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1043 *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1044 *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1045 *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1046 *
1047 *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1048 *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1049 *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1050 *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1051 *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1052 *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1053 *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1054 *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1055 *      command interface.
1056 *
1057 *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1058 *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1059 *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1060 *
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1062 *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1063 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1064 *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1065 *
1066 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1067 *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1068 *
1069 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1070 *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1071 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1072 *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1073 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1074 *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1075 *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1076 *      the netlink extended ack message.
1077 *
1078 *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1079 *
1080 *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1081 *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1082 *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1083 *      buffer size.
1084 *
1085 *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1086 *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1087 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1088 *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1089 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1090 *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1091 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1092 *
1093 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1094 *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1095 *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1096 *      determining the width and type.
1097 *
1098 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1099 *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1100 *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1101 *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1102 *
1103 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1104 *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1105 *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1106 *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1107 *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1108 *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1109 *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1110 *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1111 *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1112 *      rate selection.
1113 *
1114 *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1115 *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1116 *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1119 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1120 */
1121enum nl80211_commands {
1122/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1123        NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1124
1125        NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1126        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1127        NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1128        NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1129
1130        NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1131        NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1132        NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1133        NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1134
1135        NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1136        NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1137        NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1138        NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1139
1140        NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1141        NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1142        NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1143        NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1144        NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1145        NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1146
1147        NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1148        NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1149        NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1150        NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1151
1152        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1153        NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1154        NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1155        NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1156
1157        NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1158
1159        NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1160        NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1161
1162        NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1163        NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1164
1165        NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1166
1167        NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1168
1169        NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1170        NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1171        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1172        NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1173
1174        NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1175
1176        NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1177        NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1178        NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1179        NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1180
1181        NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1182
1183        NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1184
1185        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1186        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1187
1188        NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1189
1190        NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1191        NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1192        NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1193
1194        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1195
1196        NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1197        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1198
1199        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1200        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1201        NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1202
1203        NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1204        NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1205
1206        NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1207
1208        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1209        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1210        NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1211        NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1212        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1213        NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1214
1215        NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1216        NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1217
1218        NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1219        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1220
1221        NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1222        NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1223
1224        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1225
1226        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1227        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1228
1229        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1230        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1231
1232        NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1233
1234        NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1235        NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1236
1237        NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1238        NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1239        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1240        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1241
1242        NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1243
1244        NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1245
1246        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1247        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1248
1249        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1250
1251        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1252
1253        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1254
1255        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1256
1257        NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1258
1259        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1260
1261        NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1262        NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1263
1264        NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1265
1266        NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1267
1268        NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1269
1270        NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1271
1272        NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1273
1274        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1275        NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1276
1277        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1278        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1279
1280        NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1281        NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1282
1283        NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1284
1285        NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1286
1287        NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1288
1289        NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1290        NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1291
1292        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1293
1294        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1295        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1296
1297        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1298
1299        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1300        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1301
1302        NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1303
1304        NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1305
1306        NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1307        NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1308        NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1309        NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1310        NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1311        NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1312
1313        NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1314
1315        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1316
1317        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1318        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1319
1320        NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1321
1322        NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1323
1324        NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1325
1326        NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1327
1328        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1329
1330        NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1331
1332        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1333        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1334        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1335
1336        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1337
1338        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1339
1340        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1341
1342        /* add new commands above here */
1343
1344        /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1345        __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1346        NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1347};
1348
1349/*
1350 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1351 * here
1352 */
1353#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1354#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1355#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1356#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1357#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1358#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1359#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1360#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1361
1362#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1363
1364/* source-level API compatibility */
1365#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1366#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1367#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1368
1369/**
1370 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1371 *
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1375 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1378 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1379 *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1380 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1381 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1382 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1384 *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1385 *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1387 *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1389 *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1391 *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1392 *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1393 *              this attribute)
1394 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1395 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1396 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1397 *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1399 *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1400 *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1402 *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1403 *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1405 *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1406 *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1408 *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1409 *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1411 *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1412 *
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1416 *
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1418 *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1419 *
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1421 *
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1423 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1424 *      keys
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1427 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1429 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1432 *      default management key
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1434 *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1436 *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1437 *
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1442 *
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1445 *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1447 *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1449 *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1450 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1452 *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1454 *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1455 *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1456 *
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1458 *      consisting of a nested array.
1459 *
1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1462 *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1465 *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1466 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1467 *
1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1469 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1470 *
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1472 *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1473 *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1474 *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1475 *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1476 *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1477 *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1478 *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1479 *      to a specific alpha2.
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1481 *      rules.
1482 *
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1485 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1487 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1489 *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1490 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1491 *
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1493 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1494 *
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1496 *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1497 *      of the interface mode.
1498 *
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1500 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1503 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1506 *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1508 *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1510 *      that can be added to a scan request
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1512 *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1514 *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1515 *
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1518 *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1520 *
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1522 *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1524 *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1525 *
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1527 *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1528 *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1529 *
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1531 *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1532 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1535 *      represented as a u32
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1537 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1538 *
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1540 *      a u32
1541 *
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1543 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1544 *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1545 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1546 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1548 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1549 *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1550 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1551 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1552 *
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1554 *      cipher suites
1555 *
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1557 *      for other networks on different channels
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1560 *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1561 *
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1563 *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1564 *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1565 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1566 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1567 *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1568 *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1569 *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1572 *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1573 *
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1575 *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1576 *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1577 *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1578 *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1579 *      default in station mode.
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1581 *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1582 *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1583 *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1584 *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1585 *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1587 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1588 *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1590 *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1591 *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1592 *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1593 *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1594 *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1595 *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1596 *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1597 *      flag.
1598 *
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1600 *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1601 *
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1603 *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1604 *      a local disconnect request.
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1606 *      event (u16)
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1608 *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1609 *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1612 *      to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1613 *      (an array of u32).
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1615 *      indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1616 *      u32).
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1618 *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1619 *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1621 *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1622 *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1623 *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1624 *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1625 *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1626 *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1627 *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1630 *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1632 *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1633 *
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1635 *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1636 *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1637 *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1638 *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1639 *
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1641 *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1643 *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1644 *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1645 *
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1647 *
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1649 *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1650 *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1651 *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1652 *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1653 *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1654 *      completely from scratch.
1655 *
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1659 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1660 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1661 *
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1664 *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1668 *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1669 *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1670 *
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1672 *
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1674 *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1675 *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1676 *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1677 *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1678 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1679 *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1680 *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1681 *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1682 *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1683 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1684 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1687 *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1689 *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1691 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1692 *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1693 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1695 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1696 *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1697 *
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1699 *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1700 *
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1702 *
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1704 *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1705 *
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1707 *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1708 *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1709 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1710 *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1711 *
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1713 *      connected to this BSS.
1714 *
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1716 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1718 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1719 *      for non-automatic settings.
1720 *
1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1722 *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1725 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1726 *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1727 *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1728 *
1729 *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1730 *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1731 *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1732 *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1733 *      a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1734 *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1735 *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1736 *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1737 *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1738 *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1739 *
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1741 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1742 *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1743 *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1744 *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1745 *
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1747 *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1748 *
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1750 *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1751 *
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1755 *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1756 *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1757 *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1758 *      nl80211 capability flag.
1759 *
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1761 *
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1763 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1764 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1765 *
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1767 *      changed once the mesh is active.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1769 *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1771 *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1772 *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1774 *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1775 *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1776 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1777 *
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1779 *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1781 *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1782 *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1783 *      triggers.
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1786 *      cycles, in msecs.
1787 *
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1789 *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1790 *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1791 *      pass-thru filter rules.
1792 *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1793 *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1794 *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1795 *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1796 *      able to ignore them by itself.
1797 *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1798 *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1799 *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1800 *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1801 *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1802 *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1803 *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1804 *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1807 *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1808 *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1810 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1811 *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1812 *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1815 *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1816 *
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1818 *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1819 *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1820 *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1823 *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1824 *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1825 *
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1827 *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1828 *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1829 *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1831 *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1832 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1833 *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1834 *      (Re)Association Request frames.
1835 *
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1837 *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1839 *      as AP.
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1842 *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1845 *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1846 *
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1848 *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1849 *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1850 *      applications use this attribute.
1851 *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1852 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1855 *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1856 *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1858 *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1860 *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1862 *      as a TDLS peer sta.
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1864 *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1865 *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1866 *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1867 *
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1869 *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1870 *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1871 *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1872 *
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1874 *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1875 *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1876 *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1877 *
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1879 *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1881 *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
1882 *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1883 *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1884 *
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1886 *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1887 *      to be filled by the FW.
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1889 *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1891 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1892 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1893 *      The values that may be configured are:
1894 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1895 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1896 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1897 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1898 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1901 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1902 *    to one DFS region.
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1905 *      up to 16 TIDs.
1906 *
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1908 *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1909 *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1910 *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1911 *      capability to timeout the stations.
1912 *
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1914 *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1915 *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1916 *
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1918 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1921 *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1922 *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1923 *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1924 *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1927 *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1928 *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1931 *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1932 *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1933 *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1934 *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1935 *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1936 *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1937 *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1938 *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1939 *      consistent.
1940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1942 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1943 *
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1945 *
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1947 *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1949 *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1950 *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1951 *      no change is made.
1952 *
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1954 *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1957 *      carried in a u32 attribute
1958 *
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1960 *      MAC ACL.
1961 *
1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1963 *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1964 *      ACL.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1967 *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1970 *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1971 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1973 *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1974 *
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1976 *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1977 *
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1979 *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1980 *      and PU-APSD.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1983 *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1986 *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1987 *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
1988 *
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1990 *
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1992 *      Element
1993 *
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1995 *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1997 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1998 *
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2000 *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2001 *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2002 *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2005 *
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2007 *      until the channel switch event.
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2009 *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2010 *      operation).
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2012 *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2014 *      switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2016 *      switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2019 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2020 *
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2024 *      supported operating classes.
2025 *
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2027 *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2028 *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2029 *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2030 *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2031 *      IBSS network.
2032 *
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2034 *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2036 *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2037 *
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2039 *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2040 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2041 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2042 *      u8 attribute.
2043 *
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2045 *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2046 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2048 *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2050 *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2053 *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2054 *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2055 *
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2058 *
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2060 *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2061 *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2062 *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2063 *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2064 *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2065 *
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2067 *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2069 *      supported number of csa counters.
2070 *
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2072 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2073 *
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2075 *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2076 *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2077 *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2078 *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2079 *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2080 *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2081 *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2082 *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2083 *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2084 *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2085 *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2086 *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2087 *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2088 *      multicast group.
2089 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2090 *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2091 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2092 *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2093 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2094 *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2095 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2096 *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2097 *
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2099 *      the TDLS link initiator.
2100 *
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2102 *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2103 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2104 *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2105 *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2106 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2107 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2108 *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2109 *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2110 *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2111 *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2112 *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2113 *
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2115 *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2116 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2117 *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2118 *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2119 *
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2123 *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2124 *
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2126 *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2131 *
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2133 *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2134 *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2135 *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2136 *
2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2138 *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2139 *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2140 *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2141 *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2142 *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2143 *
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2145 *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2146 *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2147 *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2148 *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2149 *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2150 *      over all channels.
2151 *
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2153 *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2154 *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2155 *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2156
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2158 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2159 *
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2161 *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2163 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2165 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2167 *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2168 *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2169 *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2170 *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2171 *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2173 *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2174 *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2175 *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2177 *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2178 *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2179 *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2180 *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2181 *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2182 *
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2184 *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2185 *
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2187 *
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2189 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2190 *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2191 *      interface type.
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2194 *      groupID for monitor mode.
2195 *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2196 *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2197 *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2198 *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2199 *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2200 *      each group.
2201 *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2202 *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2203 *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2204 *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2205 *      groupID data.
2206 *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2208 *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2209 *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2210 *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2213 *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2214 *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2215 *      attribute must not be included).
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2217 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2219 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2220 *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2221 *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2222 *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2224 *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2225 *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2226 *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2227 *
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2229 *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2230 *
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2232 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2233 *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2234 *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2235 *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2237 *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2238 *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2239 *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2240 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2241 *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2242 *      the device will decide what to use.
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2244 *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2245 *      attribute.
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2247 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2249 *      protection.
2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2251 *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2252 *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2253 *
2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2255 *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2256 *
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2258 *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2259 *
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2261 *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2262 *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2263 *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2264 *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2265 *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2266 *      unnecessary wakeups.
2267 *
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2269 *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2270 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2271 *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2272 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2273 *
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2275 *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2276 *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2279 *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2280 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2281 *
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2283 *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2284 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2285 *
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2287 *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2288 *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2289 *
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2291 *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2292 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2293 *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2294 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2295 *
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2297 *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2298 *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2299 *
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2301 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2302 *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2303 *      handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2304 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2305 *      specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2306 *
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2308 *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2310 *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2311 *
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2313 *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2314 *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2317 *
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2319 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2320 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2321 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2323 *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2324 *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2325 *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2326 *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2327 *
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2329 *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2330 *
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2332 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2334 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2336 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2337 *      enforced.
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2339 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2341 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2342 *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2343 *
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2345 *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2346 *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2347 *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2348 *
2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2350 *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2351 *
2352 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2353 *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2354 *      invalid value.
2355 *
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2357 *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2358 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2359 *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2360 *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2363 *      scheduler.
2364 *
2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2366 *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2367 *      possible values.
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2369 *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2370 *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2371 *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2372 *      or per-station.
2373 *
2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2375 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2376 *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2379 *
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2381 *      functionality.
2382 *
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2384 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2385 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2387 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2388 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2389 *
2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2391 *      (u16).
2392 *
2393 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2395 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2396 */
2397enum nl80211_attrs {
2398/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2399        NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2400
2401        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2402        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2403
2404        NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2405        NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2406        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2407
2408        NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2409
2410        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2411        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2412        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2413        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2414        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2415
2416        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2417        NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2418        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2419        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2420
2421        NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2422        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2423        NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2424        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2425        NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2426        NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2427
2428        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2429
2430        NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2431
2432        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2433        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2434        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2435        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2436
2437        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2438        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2439        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2440
2441        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2442
2443        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2444
2445        NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2446        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2447
2448        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2449
2450        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2451
2452        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2453        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2454        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2455
2456        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2457
2458        NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2459        NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2460
2461        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2462
2463        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2464        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2465        NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2466        NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2467
2468        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2469        NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2470
2471        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2472
2473        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2474        NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2475        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2476        NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2477
2478        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2479
2480        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2481        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2482
2483        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2484        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2485
2486        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2487
2488
2489        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2490        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2491        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2492        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2493
2494        NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2495
2496        NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2497
2498        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2499
2500        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2501
2502        NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2503
2504        NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2505
2506        NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2507        NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2508
2509        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2510        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2511        NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2512        NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2513
2514        NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2515        NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2516
2517        NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2518
2519        NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2520        NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2521
2522        NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2523
2524        NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2525
2526        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2527
2528        NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2529        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2530
2531        NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2532
2533        NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2534
2535        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2536
2537        NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2538
2539        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2540
2541        NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2542
2543        NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2544
2545        NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2546
2547        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2548
2549        NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2550
2551        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2552        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2553
2554        NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2555        NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2556        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2557
2558        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2559        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2560
2561        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2562
2563        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2564        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2565
2566        NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2567
2568        NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2569
2570        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2571
2572        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2573
2574        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2575
2576        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2577
2578        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2579        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2580
2581        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2582        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2583
2584        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2585        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2586
2587        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2588
2589        NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2590        NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2591
2592        NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2593
2594        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2595        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2596
2597        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2598
2599        NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2600
2601        NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2602        NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2603
2604        NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2605        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2606
2607        NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2608
2609        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2610        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2611
2612        NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2613
2614        NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2615
2616        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2617        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2618        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2619        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2620        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2621
2622        NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2623
2624        NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2625
2626        NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2627
2628        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2629
2630        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2631
2632        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2633
2634        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2635        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2636
2637        NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2638
2639        NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2640
2641        NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2642
2643        NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2644
2645        NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2646
2647        NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2648
2649        NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2650
2651        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2652
2653        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2654
2655        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2656
2657        NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2658        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2659        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2660
2661        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2662        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2663
2664        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2665
2666        NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2667
2668        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2669
2670        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2671
2672        NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2673
2674        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2675        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2676
2677        NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2678        NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2679
2680        NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2681        NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2682
2683        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2684        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2685
2686        NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2687        NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2688
2689        NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2690        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2691
2692        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2693
2694        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2695
2696        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2697        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2698        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2699        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2700        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2701
2702        NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2703
2704        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2705
2706        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2707
2708        NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2709
2710        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2711        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2712
2713        NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2714
2715        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2716        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2717        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2718        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2719
2720        NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2721
2722        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2723        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2724
2725        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2726
2727        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2728
2729        NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2730
2731        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2732        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2733
2734        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2735
2736        NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2737
2738        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2739
2740        NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2741        NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2742        NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2743
2744        NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2745
2746        NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2747
2748        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2749
2750        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2751
2752        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2753
2754        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2755
2756        NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2757
2758        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2759
2760        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2761
2762        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2763        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2764        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2765        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2766
2767        NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2768
2769        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2770
2771        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2772
2773        NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2774
2775        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2776
2777        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2778        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2779
2780        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2781        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2782        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2783        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2784
2785        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2786
2787        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2788        NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2789        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2790        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2791
2792        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2793        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2794
2795        NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2796
2797        NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2798
2799        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2800        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2801
2802        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2803
2804        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2805        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2806        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2807        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2808        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2809
2810        NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2811
2812        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2813        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2814
2815        NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2816        NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2817        NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2818
2819        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2820        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2821
2822        NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2823        NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2824
2825        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2826
2827        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2828        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2829        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2830        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2831
2832        NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2833
2834        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2835
2836        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2837
2838        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2839
2840        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2841
2842        NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2843        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2844        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2845
2846        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2847
2848        NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2849
2850        NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2851
2852        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2853        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2854
2855        NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
2856
2857        /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2858
2859        __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2860        NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2861        NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2862};
2863
2864/* source-level API compatibility */
2865#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2866#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2867#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2868#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2869
2870/*
2871 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2872 * here
2873 */
2874#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2875#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2876#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2877#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2878#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2879#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2880#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2881#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2882#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2883#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2884#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2885#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2886#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2887#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2888#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2889#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2890#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2891#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2892#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2893#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2894#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2895
2896#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
2897
2898#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
2899#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
2900#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
2901#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
2902#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
2903#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
2904#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
2905#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
2906#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
2907#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           51
2908#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
2909#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
2910
2911#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
2912
2913/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2914#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
2915
2916#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
2917
2918/**
2919 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2920 *
2921 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2922 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2923 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2924 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2925 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2926 *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2927 *      AP type interface.
2928 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2929 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2930 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2931 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2932 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2933 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2934 *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2935 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2936 *      commands to create and destroy one
2937 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2938 *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2939 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2940 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2941 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2942 *
2943 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2944 * to set the type of an interface.
2945 *
2946 */
2947enum nl80211_iftype {
2948        NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2949        NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2950        NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2951        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2952        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2953        NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2954        NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2955        NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2956        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2957        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2958        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2959        NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2960        NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2961
2962        /* keep last */
2963        NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2964        NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2965};
2966
2967/**
2968 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2969 *
2970 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2971 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2972 *
2973 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2974 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2975 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2976 *      with short barker preamble
2977 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2978 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2979 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2980 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2981 *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2982 *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2983 *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2984 *      as errors.)
2985 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2986 *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2987 *      previously added station into associated state
2988 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2989 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2990 */
2991enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2992        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2993        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2994        NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2995        NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2996        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2997        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2998        NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2999        NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3000
3001        /* keep last */
3002        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3003        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3004};
3005
3006/**
3007 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3008 *
3009 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3010 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3011 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3012 */
3013enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3014        NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3015        NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3016
3017        NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3018};
3019
3020#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3021
3022/**
3023 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3024 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3025 * @set: which values to set them to
3026 *
3027 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3028 */
3029struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3030        __u32 mask;
3031        __u32 set;
3032} __attribute__((packed));
3033
3034/**
3035 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3036 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3037 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3038 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3039 */
3040enum nl80211_he_gi {
3041        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3042        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3043        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3044};
3045
3046/**
3047 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3049 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3050 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3051 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3052 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3053 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3055 */
3056enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3057        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3058        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3059        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3060        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3061        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3062        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3063        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3064};
3065
3066/**
3067 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3068 *
3069 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3070 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3071 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3072 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3073 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3074 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3075 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3076 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3077 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3078 *
3079 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3082 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3085 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3086 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3087 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3088 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3089 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3090 *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3093 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3094 *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3096 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3097 *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3098 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3099 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3100 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3101 *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3102 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3103 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3104 *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3105 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3106 */
3107enum nl80211_rate_info {
3108        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3109        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3110        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3111        NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3112        NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3113        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3114        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3115        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3116        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3117        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3118        NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3119        NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3120        NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3121        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3122        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3123        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3124        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3125        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3126
3127        /* keep last */
3128        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3129        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3130};
3131
3132/**
3133 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3134 *
3135 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3136 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3137 *
3138 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3139 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3140 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3141 *      (flag)
3142 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3143 *      (flag)
3144 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3145 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3146 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3147 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3148 */
3149enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3150        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3151        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3152        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3153        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3154        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3155        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3156
3157        /* keep last */
3158        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3159        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3160};
3161
3162/**
3163 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3164 *
3165 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3166 * when getting information about a station.
3167 *
3168 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3169 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3171 *      (u32, from this station)
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3173 *      (u32, to this station)
3174 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3175 *      (u64, from this station)
3176 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3177 *      (u64, to this station)
3178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3180 *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3181 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3182 *      (u32, from this station)
3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3184 *      (u32, to this station)
3185 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3187 *      (u32, to this station)
3188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3190 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3192 *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3194 *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3196 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3197 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3199 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3200 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3201 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3202 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3204 *      non-peer STA
3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3206 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3208 *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3209 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3210 *      802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3212 *      (u64)
3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3214 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3215 *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3216 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3217 *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3218 *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3219 *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3220 *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3222 *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3223 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3225 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3226 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3227 *      (u32, from this station)
3228 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3229 *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3230 *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3231 *      might not be fully accurate.
3232 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3233 *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3235 *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3236 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3237 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3238 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3239 *      of STA's association
3240 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3241 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3242 */
3243enum nl80211_sta_info {
3244        __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3245        NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3246        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3247        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3248        NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3249        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3250        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3251        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3252        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3253        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3254        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3255        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3256        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3257        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3258        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3259        NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3260        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3261        NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3262        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3263        NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3264        NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3265        NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3266        NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3267        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3268        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3269        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3270        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3271        NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3272        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3273        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3274        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3275        NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3276        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3277        NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3278        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3279        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3280        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3281        NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3282        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3283        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3284        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3285        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3286        NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3287
3288        /* keep last */
3289        __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3290        NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3291};
3292
3293/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3294#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3295
3296
3297/**
3298 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3299 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3300 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3301 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3302 *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3303 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3304 *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3305 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3306 *      MSDUs (u64)
3307 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3308 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3309 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3310 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3311 */
3312enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3313        __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3314        NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3315        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3316        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3317        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3318        NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3319        NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3320
3321        /* keep last */
3322        NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3323        NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3324};
3325
3326/**
3327 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3328 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3329 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3330 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3331 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3332 *      backlogged
3333 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3334 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3335 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3336 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3337 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3338 *      (only for per-phy stats)
3339 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3340 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3341 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3342 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3343 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3344 */
3345enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3346        __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3347        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3348        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3349        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3350        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3351        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3352        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3353        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3354        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3355        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3356        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3357        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3358
3359        /* keep last */
3360        NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3361        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3362};
3363
3364/**
3365 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3366 *
3367 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3368 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3369 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3370 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3371 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3372 */
3373enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3374        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
3375        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
3376        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
3377        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
3378        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
3379};
3380
3381/**
3382 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3383 *
3384 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3385 * information about a mesh path.
3386 *
3387 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3388 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3389 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3390 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3391 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3392 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3393 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3394 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3395 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3396 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3397 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3398 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3399 *      currently defined
3400 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3401 */
3402enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3403        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3404        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3405        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3406        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3407        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3408        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3409        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3410        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3411        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3412        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3413
3414        /* keep last */
3415        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3416        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3417};
3418
3419/**
3420 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3421 *
3422 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3423 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3424 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3425 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3426 *     capabilities IE
3427 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3428 *     capabilities IE
3429 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3430 *     capabilities IE
3431 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3432 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3433 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3434 *     defined
3435 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3436 */
3437enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3438        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3439
3440        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3441        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3442        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3443        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3444        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3445
3446        /* keep last */
3447        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3448        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3449};
3450
3451/**
3452 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3453 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3454 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3455 *      an array of nested frequency attributes
3456 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3457 *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
3458 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3459 *      defined in 802.11n
3460 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3461 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3462 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3463 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3464 *      defined in 802.11ac
3465 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3466 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3467 *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3468 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3469 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3470 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3471 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3472 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3473 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3474 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3475 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3476 */
3477enum nl80211_band_attr {
3478        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3479        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3480        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3481
3482        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3483        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3484        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3485        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3486
3487        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3488        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3489        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3490
3491        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3492        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3493
3494        /* keep last */
3495        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3496        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3497};
3498
3499#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3500
3501/**
3502 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3503 *
3504 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3505 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3506 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3507 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3508 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3509 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3510 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3511 */
3512enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3513        __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3514        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3515        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3516        NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3517        NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3518
3519        /* keep last */
3520        __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3521        NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3522};
3523
3524/**
3525 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3526 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3527 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3528 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3529 *      regulatory domain.
3530 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3531 *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3532 *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3533 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3534 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3535 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3536 *      (100 * dBm).
3537 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3538 *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3539 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3540 *      this channel is in this DFS state.
3541 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3542 *      channel as the control channel
3543 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3544 *      channel as the control channel
3545 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3546 *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3547 *      this includes 80+80 channels
3548 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3549 *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3550 *      isn't possible
3551 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3552 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3553 *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3554 *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3555 *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3556 *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3557 *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3558 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3559 *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3560 *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3561 *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3562 *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3563 *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3564 *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3565 *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3566 *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3567 *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3568 *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3569 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3570 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3571 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3572 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3573 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3574 *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3575 *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3576 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3577 *      currently defined
3578 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3579 *
3580 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3581 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3582 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3583 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3584 */
3585enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3586        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3587        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3588        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3589        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3590        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3591        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3592        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3593        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3594        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3595        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3596        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3597        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3598        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3599        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3600        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3601        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3602        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3603        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3604        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3605
3606        /* keep last */
3607        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3608        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3609};
3610
3611#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3612#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3613#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3614#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3615#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3616                                        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3617
3618/**
3619 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3620 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3621 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3622 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3623 *      in 2.4 GHz band.
3624 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3625 *      currently defined
3626 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3627 */
3628enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3629        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3630        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3631        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3632
3633        /* keep last */
3634        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3635        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3636};
3637
3638/**
3639 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3640 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3641 *      regulatory domain.
3642 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3643 *      regulatory domain.
3644 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3645 *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3646 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3647 *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3648 *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3649 *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3650 *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3651 *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3652 *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3653 */
3654enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3655        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3656        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3657        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3658        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3659};
3660
3661/**
3662 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3663 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3664 *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3665 *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3666 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3667 *      domain.
3668 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3669 *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3670 *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3671 *      them to be applied.
3672 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3673 *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3674 *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3675 *      domain request to be processed.
3676 */
3677enum nl80211_reg_type {
3678        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3679        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3680        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3681        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3682};
3683
3684/**
3685 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3686 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3687 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3688 *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3689 *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3690 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3691 *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3692 *      band edge.
3693 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3694 *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3695 *      band edge.
3696 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3697 *      frequency range, in KHz.
3698 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3699 *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3700 *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
3701 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3702 *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3703 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3704 *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3705 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3706 *      currently defined
3707 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3708 */
3709enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3710        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3711        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3712
3713        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3714        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3715        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3716
3717        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3718        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3719
3720        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3721
3722        /* keep last */
3723        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3724        NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3725};
3726
3727/**
3728 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3729 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3730 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3731 *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
3732 *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3733 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3734 *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3735 *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3736 *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3737 *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3738 *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3739 *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3740 *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3741 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3742 *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3743 *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
3744 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3745 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3746 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3747 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3748 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3749 *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3750 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3751 *      band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3752 *      enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3753 *      band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3754 *      of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3755 *      minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3756 *      within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3757 *      attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3758 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3759 *      attribute number currently defined
3760 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3761 */
3762enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3763        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3764
3765        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3766        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3767        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3768        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3769        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3770        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3771
3772        /* keep last */
3773        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3774        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3775                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3776};
3777
3778/* only for backward compatibility */
3779#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3780
3781/**
3782 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3783 *
3784 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3785 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3786 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3787 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3788 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3789 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3790 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3791 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3792 *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3793 *      beaconing.
3794 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3795 *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3796 *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3797 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3798 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3799 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3800 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3801 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3802 */
3803enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3804        NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
3805        NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
3806        NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
3807        NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
3808        NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
3809        NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
3810        NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
3811        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
3812        __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
3813        NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
3814        NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
3815        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
3816        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
3817        NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
3818        NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
3819};
3820
3821#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3822#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3823#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3824#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3825                                         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3826#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3827
3828/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3829#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3830
3831/**
3832 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3833 *
3834 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3835 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3836 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3837 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3838 */
3839enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3840        NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
3841        NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
3842        NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
3843        NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
3844};
3845
3846/**
3847 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3848 *
3849 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3850 *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
3851 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3852 *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3853 *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3854 *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3855 *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3856 *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3857 *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
3858 *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3859 *      supported feature.
3860 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3861 *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3862 */
3863enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3864        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
3865        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3866        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3867};
3868
3869/**
3870 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3871 *
3872 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3873 * when getting information about a survey.
3874 *
3875 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3876 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3877 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3878 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3879 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3880 *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
3881 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3882 *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3883 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3884 *      channel was sensed busy
3885 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3886 *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
3887 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3888 *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3889 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3890 *      (on this channel or globally)
3891 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3892 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3893 *      receiving frames destined to the local BSS
3894 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3895 *      currently defined
3896 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3897 */
3898enum nl80211_survey_info {
3899        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3900        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3901        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3902        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3903        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3904        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3905        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3906        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3907        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3908        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3909        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3910        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
3911
3912        /* keep last */
3913        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3914        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3915};
3916
3917/* keep old names for compatibility */
3918#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3919#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3920#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3921#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3922#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3923
3924/**
3925 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3926 *
3927 * Monitor configuration flags.
3928 *
3929 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3930 *
3931 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3932 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3933 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3934 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3935 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3936 *      overrides all other flags.
3937 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3938 *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3939 *
3940 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3941 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3942 */
3943enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3944        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3945        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3946        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3947        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3948        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3949        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3950        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3951
3952        /* keep last */
3953        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3954        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3955};
3956
3957/**
3958 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3959 *
3960 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3961 *      not known or has not been set yet.
3962 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3963 *      in Awake state all the time.
3964 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3965 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3966 *      neighbor's beacons.
3967 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3968 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3969 *      for neighbor's beacons.
3970 *
3971 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3972 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3973 */
3974
3975enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3976        NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3977        NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3978        NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3979        NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3980
3981        __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3982        NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3983};
3984
3985/**
3986 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3987 *
3988 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3989 * active.
3990 *
3991 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3992 *
3993 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3994 *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3995 *
3996 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3997 *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3998 *
3999 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4000 *      millisecond units
4001 *
4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4003 *      on this mesh interface
4004 *
4005 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4006 *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4007 *      mesh
4008 *
4009 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4010 *      point.
4011 *
4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4013 *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4014 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4015 *      set.
4016 *
4017 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4018 *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4019 *      target)
4020 *
4021 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4022 *      (in milliseconds)
4023 *
4024 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4025 *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4026 *
4027 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4028 *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4029 *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4030 *
4031 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4032 *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4033 *      reference element
4034 *
4035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4036 *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4037 *      mesh
4038 *
4039 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4040 *
4041 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4042 *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
4043 *
4044 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4045 *      root announcements are transmitted.
4046 *
4047 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4048 *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4049 *      Announcement frames.
4050 *
4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4052 *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4053 *      PERR element.
4054 *
4055 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4056 *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4057 *
4058 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4059 *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4060 *      a peer link.
4061 *
4062 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4063 *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4064 *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4065 *
4066 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4067 *
4068 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4069 *
4070 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4071 *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4072 *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4073 *
4074 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4075 *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4076 *
4077 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4078 *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4079 *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4080 *
4081 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4082 *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4083 *
4084 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4085 *
4086 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4087 *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4088 *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4089 *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4090 *
4091 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4092 *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4093 *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4094 *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4095 *
4096 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4097 */
4098enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4099        __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4100        NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4101        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4102        NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4103        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4104        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4105        NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4106        NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4107        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4108        NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4109        NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4110        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4111        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4112        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4113        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4114        NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4115        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4116        NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4117        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4118        NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4119        NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4120        NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4121        NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4122        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4123        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4124        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4125        NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4126        NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4127        NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4128        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4129
4130        /* keep last */
4131        __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4132        NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4133};
4134
4135/**
4136 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4137 *
4138 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4139 * changed while the mesh is active.
4140 *
4141 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4142 *
4143 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4144 *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4145 *      default HWMP.
4146 *
4147 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4148 *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4149 *      metric.
4150 *
4151 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4152 *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4153 *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4154 *      metrics in use.
4155 *
4156 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4157 *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4158 *
4159 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4160 *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4161 *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4162 *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4163 *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4164 *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4165 *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4166 *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4167 *      userspace daemon.
4168 *
4169 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4170 *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4171 *      neighbor offset synchronization
4172 *
4173 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4174 *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4175 *
4176 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4177 *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4178 *      Default is no authentication method required.
4179 *
4180 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4181 *
4182 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4183 */
4184enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4185        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4186        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4187        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4188        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4189        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4190        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4191        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4192        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4193        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4194
4195        /* keep last */
4196        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4197        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4198};
4199
4200/**
4201 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4202 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4203 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4204 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4205 *      disabled
4206 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4207 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4208 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4209 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4210 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4211 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4212 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4213 */
4214enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4215        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4216        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4217        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4218        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4219        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4220        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4221
4222        /* keep last */
4223        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4224        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4225};
4226
4227enum nl80211_ac {
4228        NL80211_AC_VO,
4229        NL80211_AC_VI,
4230        NL80211_AC_BE,
4231        NL80211_AC_BK,
4232        NL80211_NUM_ACS
4233};
4234
4235/* backward compat */
4236#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4237#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
4238#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
4239#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
4240#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
4241
4242/**
4243 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4244 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4245 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4246 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4247 *      below the control channel
4248 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4249 *      above the control channel
4250 */
4251enum nl80211_channel_type {
4252        NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4253        NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4254        NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4255        NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4256};
4257
4258/**
4259 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4260 *
4261 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4262 *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4263 *
4264 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4265 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4266 *
4267 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4268 *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4269 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4270 *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4271 *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
4272 */
4273enum nl80211_key_mode {
4274        NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4275        NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4276        NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4277};
4278
4279/**
4280 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4281 *
4282 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4283 * attribute.
4284 *
4285 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4286 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4287 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4288 *      attribute must be provided as well
4289 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4290 *      attribute must be provided as well
4291 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4292 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4293 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4294 *      attribute must be provided as well
4295 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4296 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4297 */
4298enum nl80211_chan_width {
4299        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4300        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4301        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4302        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4303        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4304        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4305        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4306        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4307};
4308
4309/**
4310 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4311 *
4312 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4313 *
4314 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4315 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4316 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4317 */
4318enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4319        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4320        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4321        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4322};
4323
4324/**
4325 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4326 *
4327 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4328 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4329 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4330 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4331 *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4332 *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4333 *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4334 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4335 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4336 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4337 *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4338 *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4339 *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4340 *      they are from a Beacon frame.
4341 *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4342 *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4343 *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4344 *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4345 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4346 *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4347 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4348 *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4349 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4350 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4351 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4352 *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4353 *      yet been received
4354 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4355 *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4356 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4357 *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4358 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4359 *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4360 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4361 *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4362 *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4363 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4364 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4365 *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4366 *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4367 *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4368 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4369 *      is set.
4370 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4371 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4372 *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4373 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4374 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4375 */
4376enum nl80211_bss {
4377        __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4378        NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4379        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4380        NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4381        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4382        NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4383        NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4384        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4385        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4386        NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4387        NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4388        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4389        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4390        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4391        NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4392        NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4393        NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4394        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4395        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4396        NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4397
4398        /* keep last */
4399        __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4400        NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4401};
4402
4403/**
4404 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4405 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4406 *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4407 *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4408 *      a given BSS.
4409 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4410 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4411 *
4412 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4413 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4414 */
4415enum nl80211_bss_status {
4416        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4417        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4418        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4419};
4420
4421/**
4422 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4423 *
4424 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4425 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4426 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4427 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4428 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4429 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4430 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4431 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4432 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4433 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4434 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4435 *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4436 *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4437 */
4438enum nl80211_auth_type {
4439        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4440        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4441        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4442        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4443        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4444        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4445        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4446        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4447
4448        /* keep last */
4449        __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4450        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4451        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4452};
4453
4454/**
4455 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4456 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4457 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4458 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4459 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4460 */
4461enum nl80211_key_type {
4462        NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4463        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4464        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4465
4466        NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4467};
4468
4469/**
4470 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4471 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4472 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4473 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4474 */
4475enum nl80211_mfp {
4476        NL80211_MFP_NO,
4477        NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4478        NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4479};
4480
4481enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4482        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4483        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4484        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4485};
4486
4487/**
4488 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4489 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4490 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4491 *      unicast key
4492 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4493 *      multicast key
4494 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4495 */
4496enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4497        __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4498        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4499        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4500
4501        NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4502};
4503
4504/**
4505 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4506 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4507 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4508 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4509 *      keys
4510 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4511 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4512 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4513 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4514 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4515 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4516 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4517 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4518 *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4519 *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4520 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4521 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4522 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4523 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4524 *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4525 *
4526 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4527 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4528 */
4529enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4530        __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4531        NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4532        NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4533        NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4534        NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4535        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4536        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4537        NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4538        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4539        NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4540
4541        /* keep last */
4542        __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4543        NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4544};
4545
4546/**
4547 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4548 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4549 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4550 *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4551 *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4552 *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4553 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4554 *      in an array of MCS numbers.
4555 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4556 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4557 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4558 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4559 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4560 */
4561enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4562        __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4563        NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4564        NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4565        NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4566        NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4567
4568        /* keep last */
4569        __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4570        NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4571};
4572
4573#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4574#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
4575
4576/**
4577 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4578 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4579 */
4580struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4581        __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4582};
4583
4584enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4585        NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4586        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4587        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4588};
4589
4590/**
4591 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4592 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4593 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4594 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4595 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4596 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4597 *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4598 */
4599enum nl80211_band {
4600        NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4601        NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4602        NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4603        NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4604
4605        NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4606};
4607
4608/**
4609 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4610 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4611 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4612 */
4613enum nl80211_ps_state {
4614        NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4615        NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4616};
4617
4618/**
4619 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4620 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4621 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4622 *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4623 *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4624 *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4625 *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4626 *      crosses any of the thresholds.
4627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4628 *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4629 *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4630 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4631 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4632 *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4633 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4634 *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4635 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4636 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4638 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4639 *      checked.
4640 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4641 *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4642 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4643 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4644 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4645 *      loss event
4646 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4647 *      RSSI threshold event.
4648 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4650 */
4651enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4652        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4653        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4654        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4655        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4656        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4657        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4658        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4659        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4660        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4661        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4662
4663        /* keep last */
4664        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4665        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4666};
4667
4668/**
4669 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4670 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4671 *      configured threshold
4672 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4673 *      configured threshold
4674 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4675 */
4676enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4677        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4678        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4679        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4680};
4681
4682
4683/**
4684 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4685 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4686 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4687 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4688 */
4689enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4690        NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4691        NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4692        NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4693};
4694
4695/**
4696 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4697 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4698 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4699 *      a zero bit are ignored
4700 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4701 *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4702 *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4703 *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4704 *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4705 *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4706 *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4707 *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4708 *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4709 *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4710 *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4711 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4712 *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4713 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4714 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4715 */
4716enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4717        __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4718        NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4719        NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4720        NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4721
4722        NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4723        MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4724};
4725
4726/**
4727 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4728 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4729 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4730 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4731 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4732 *
4733 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4734 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4735 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4736 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4737 * by the kernel to userspace.
4738 */
4739struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4740        __u32 max_patterns;
4741        __u32 min_pattern_len;
4742        __u32 max_pattern_len;
4743        __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4744} __attribute__((packed));
4745
4746/* only for backward compatibility */
4747#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4748#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4749#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4750#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4751#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4752#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4753#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4754
4755/**
4756 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4757 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4758 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4759 *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4760 *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
4761 *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4762 *      any others are even supported by the device.
4763 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4764 *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4766 *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4768 *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4769 *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4770 *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4771 *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4772 *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4773 *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4774 *
4775 *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4776 *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4777 *
4778 *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4779 *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4780 *      to the kernel when configuring.
4781 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4782 *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4783 *      by the device (flag)
4784 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4785 *      done by the device) (flag)
4786 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4787 *      packet (flag)
4788 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4789 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4790 *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4792 *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4793 *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4794 *      attribute contains the original length.
4795 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4796 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4797 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4798 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4799 *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4800 *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4801 *      contains the original length.
4802 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4803 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4804 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4805 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4806 *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4807 *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4808 *      the TCP connection.
4809 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4810 *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4811 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4812 *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4813 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4814 *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4815 *      service
4816 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4817 *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4818 *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4819 *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4820 *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4821 *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4822 *      attribute is also sent in a response to
4823 *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4824 *      supported by the driver (u32).
4825 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4826 *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
4827 *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4828 *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
4829 *      element is present, it means that more than one match
4830 *      occurred.
4831 *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4832 *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4833 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4834 *      these attributes must be present.  If
4835 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4836 *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4837 *      channel.
4838 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4839 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4840 *
4841 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4842 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4843 */
4844enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4845        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4846        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4847        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4848        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4849        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4850        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4851        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4852        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4853        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4854        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4855        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4856        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4857        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4858        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4859        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4860        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4861        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4862        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4863        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4864        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4865
4866        /* keep last */
4867        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4868        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4869};
4870
4871/**
4872 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4873 *
4874 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4875 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4876 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4877 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4878 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4879 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4880 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4881 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4882 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4883 *
4884 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4885 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4886 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4887 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4888 * also woken up.
4889 *
4890 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4891 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4892 */
4893
4894/**
4895 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4896 * @start: starting value
4897 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4898 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4899 *
4900 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4901 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4902 * in little endian.
4903 */
4904struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4905        __u32 start, offset, len;
4906};
4907
4908/**
4909 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4910 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4911 * @len: length of each token
4912 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4913 *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4914 */
4915struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4916        __u32 offset, len;
4917        __u8 token_stream[];
4918};
4919
4920/**
4921 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4922 * @min_len: minimum token length
4923 * @max_len: maximum token length
4924 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4925 */
4926struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4927        __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4928};
4929
4930/**
4931 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4932 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4933 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4934 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4935 *      (in network byte order)
4936 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4937 *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4938 *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4939 *      might require ARP querying.
4940 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4941 *      socket and port will be allocated
4942 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4943 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4944 *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4945 *      of the data payload.
4946 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4947 *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4948 *      advertising it is just a flag
4949 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4950 *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4951 *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4952 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4953 *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
4954 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4955 *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4956 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4957 *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4958 *      but on the TCP payload only.
4959 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4960 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4961 */
4962enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4963        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4964        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4965        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4966        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4967        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4968        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4969        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4970        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4971        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4972        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4973        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4974        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4975
4976        /* keep last */
4977        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4978        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4979};
4980
4981/**
4982 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4983 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4984 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4985 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4986 *
4987 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4988 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4989 */
4990struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4991        __u32 max_rules;
4992        struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4993        __u32 max_delay;
4994} __attribute__((packed));
4995
4996/**
4997 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4998 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4999 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5000 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5001 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5002 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5003 *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5004 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5005 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5006 */
5007enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5008        __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5009        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5010        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5011        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5012
5013        /* keep last */
5014        NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5015        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5016};
5017
5018/**
5019 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5020 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5021 *      in a rule are matched.
5022 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5023 *      in a rule are not matched.
5024 */
5025enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5026        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5027        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5028};
5029
5030/**
5031 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5032 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5033 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5034 *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5035 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5036 *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5037 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5038 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5039 */
5040enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5041        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5042        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5043        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5044
5045        /* keep last */
5046        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5047        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5048};
5049
5050/**
5051 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5052 *
5053 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5054 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5055 *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5056 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5057 *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5058 *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5059 *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5060 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5061 *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5062 *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5063 *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5064 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5065 *      different channels may be used within this group.
5066 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5067 *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5068 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5069 *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5070 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5071 *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5072 *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5073 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5074 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5075 *
5076 * Examples:
5077 *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5078 *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5079 *
5080 *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5081 *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5082 *
5083 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5084 *      => allows two STAs on different channels
5085 *
5086 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5087 *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5088 *
5089 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5090 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5091 * that any of these groups must match.
5092 *
5093 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5094 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5095 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5096 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5097 *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5098 */
5099enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5100        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5101        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5102        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5103        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5104        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5105        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5106        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5107        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5108
5109        /* keep last */
5110        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5111        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5112};
5113
5114
5115/**
5116 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5117 *
5118 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5119 *      state of non existent mesh peer links
5120 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5121 *      this mesh peer
5122 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5123 *      from this mesh peer
5124 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5125 *      received from this mesh peer
5126 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5127 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5128 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5129 *      plink are discarded
5130 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5131 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5132 */
5133enum nl80211_plink_state {
5134        NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5135        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5136        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5137        NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5138        NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5139        NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5140        NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5141
5142        /* keep last */
5143        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5144        MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5145};
5146
5147/**
5148 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5149 *
5150 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5151 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5152 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5153 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5154 */
5155enum plink_actions {
5156        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5157        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5158        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5159
5160        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5161};
5162
5163
5164#define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
5165#define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
5166#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
5167
5168/**
5169 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5170 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5171 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5172 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5173 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5174 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5175 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5176 */
5177enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5178        __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5179        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5180        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5181        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5182
5183        /* keep last */
5184        NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5185        MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5186};
5187
5188/**
5189 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5190 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5191 *      Beacon frames)
5192 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5193 *      in Beacon frames
5194 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5195 *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5196 */
5197enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5198        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5199        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5200        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5201};
5202
5203/**
5204 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5205 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5206 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5207 *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5208 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5209 *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5210 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5211 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5212 */
5213enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5214        __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5215        NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5216        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5217
5218        /* keep last */
5219        __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5220        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5221};
5222
5223/**
5224 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5225 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5226 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5227 *      priority)
5228 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5229 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5230 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5231 *      (internal)
5232 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5233 *      (internal)
5234 */
5235enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5236        __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5237        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5238        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5239        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5240
5241        /* keep last */
5242        NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5243        MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5244};
5245
5246/**
5247 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5248 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5249 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5250 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5251 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5252 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5253 */
5254enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5255        NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5256        NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5257        NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5258        NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5259        NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5260};
5261
5262/*
5263 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5264 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5265 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5266enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5267};
5268 */
5269
5270/**
5271 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5272 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5273 *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5274 *      socket option.
5275 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5277 *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5278 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5279 *      to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5280 *      cellular base stations.
5281 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5282 *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5284 *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5285 *      mode
5286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5287 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5288 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5289 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5291 *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5292 *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5293 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5294 *      setting
5295 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5296 *      powersave
5297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5298 *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5299 *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5300 *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5301 *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5302 *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5303 *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5304 *      states using station flags.
5305 *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5306 *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5307 *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5308 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5309 *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5310 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5311 *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5312 *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5313 *      still generated by the driver.
5314 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5315 *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5316 *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5317 *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5319 *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5320 *      lifetime of a BSS.
5321 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5322 *      Set IE to probe requests.
5323 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5324 *      to probe requests.
5325 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5326 *      requests sent to it by an AP.
5327 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5328 *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5329 *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5330 *      Measurement Report action frame.
5331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5332 *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5333 *      to enable dynack.
5334 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5335 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5336 *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5337 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5338 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5339 *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5340 *      rts/cts handshake.
5341 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5342 *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5343 *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5344 *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5345 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5346 *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5347 *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5348 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5349 *      operating as a TDLS peer.
5350 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5351 *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5352 *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5353 *      address mask/value will be used.
5354 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5355 *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5356 *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5357 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5358 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5359 *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5360 *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5361 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5362 */
5363enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5364        NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
5365        NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
5366        NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
5367        NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
5368        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
5369        NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
5370        NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
5371        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
5372        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
5373        NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
5374        NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
5375        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
5376        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
5377        /* bit 13 is reserved */
5378        NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
5379        NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
5380        NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
5381        NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
5382        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
5383        NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
5384        NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
5385        NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
5386        NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
5387        NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
5388        NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
5389        NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
5390        NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
5391        NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
5392        NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
5393        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
5394        NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
5395        NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1 << 31,
5396};
5397
5398/**
5399 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5400 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5401 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5402 *      can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5403 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5404 *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5405 *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5406 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5407 *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5408 *      certain groups which can be configured by the
5409 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5410 *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5411 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5412 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5413 *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5414 *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5415 *      (if available).
5416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5417 *      time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5418 *      BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5419 *      (if available).
5420 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5421 *      channel dwell time.
5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5423 *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5424 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5425 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5427 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5428 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5429 *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5430 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5431 *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5433 *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5434 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5435 *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5436 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5438 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5439 *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5440 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5441 *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5443 *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5444 *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5446 *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5447 *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5448 *      be supported.
5449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5450 *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5451 *      actual dwell time.
5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5453 *      response
5454 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5455 *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5457 *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
5458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5459 *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5460 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5463 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5464 *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5465 *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5466 *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5467 *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5468 *      "radar detected" event.
5469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5470 *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5472 *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5473 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5474 *      TXQs.
5475 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5476 *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5477 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5478 *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5479 *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5480 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5481 *      timing measurement responder role.
5482 *
5483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5484 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5485 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5486 *      freeze the connection.
5487 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5488 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5489 *
5490 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5491 *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5492 *      scheduling.
5493 *
5494 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5495 *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5496 *
5497 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5498 *      filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5499 *
5500 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5501 *      to a station.
5502 *
5503 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5504 *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5505 *
5506 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5507 *      with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5508 *      vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5509 *
5510 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5511 *      feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5512 *      time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5513 *
5514 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5515 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5516 */
5517enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5518        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5519        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5520        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5521        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5522        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5523        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5524        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5525        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5526        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5527        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5528        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5529        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5530        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5531        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5532        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5533        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5534        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5535        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5536        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5537        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5538        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5539        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5540        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5541        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5542        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5543        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5544        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5545        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5546        /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5547        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5548        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5549        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5550        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5551        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5552        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5553        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5554        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5555        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5556        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5557        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5558        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5559        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
5560        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
5561
5562        /* add new features before the definition below */
5563        NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5564        MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5565};
5566
5567/**
5568 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5569 *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5570 *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5571 *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5572 *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5573 *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5574 *      to the host.
5575 *
5576 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5577 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5578 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5579 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5580 */
5581enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5582        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
5583        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
5584        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
5585        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
5586};
5587
5588/**
5589 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5590 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5591 *      handled by the AP is reached.
5592 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5593 */
5594enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5595        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5596        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5597};
5598
5599/**
5600 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5601 *
5602 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5603 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5604 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5605 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5606 */
5607enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5608        NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5609        NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5610        NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5611        NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5612};
5613
5614/**
5615 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
5616 *
5617 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5618 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5619 * requests.
5620 *
5621 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5622 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5623 * one of them can be used in the request.
5624 *
5625 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5626 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5627 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5628 *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5629 *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5630 *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5631 *      when really needed
5632 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5633 *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5634 *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5635 *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5636 *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5637 *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5638 *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5639 *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5640 *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5641 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5642 *      request parameters IE in the probe request
5643 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5644 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5645 *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5646 *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5647 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5648 *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5649 *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5650 *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5651 *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5652 *      SSID and/or RSSI.
5653 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5654 *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5655 *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5656 *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5657 *      impacted with this flag.
5658 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5659 *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5660 *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5661 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5662 *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5663 *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5664 *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5665 *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5666 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5667 *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5668 *      possible.
5669 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5670 *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5671 *      added by userspace explicitly.)
5672 */
5673enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5674        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
5675        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
5676        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
5677        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
5678        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
5679        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
5680        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
5681        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
5682        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
5683        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
5684        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
5685        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
5686        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
5687};
5688
5689/**
5690 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5691 *
5692 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5693 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5694 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5695 *
5696 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5697 *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5698 *      in ACL to authenticate.
5699 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5700 *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5701 */
5702enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5703        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5704        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5705};
5706
5707/**
5708 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5709 *
5710 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5711 *
5712 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5713 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5714 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5715 *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5716 */
5717enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5718        NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5719        NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5720        NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5721
5722        __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5723        NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5724};
5725
5726/**
5727 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5728 *
5729 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5730 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5731 *
5732 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5733 *      now unusable.
5734 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5735 *      the channel is now available.
5736 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5737 *      change to the channel status.
5738 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5739 *      over, channel becomes usable.
5740 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5741 *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5742 *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5743 *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5744 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5745 *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5746 */
5747enum nl80211_radar_event {
5748        NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5749        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5750        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5751        NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5752        NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5753        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5754};
5755
5756/**
5757 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5758 *
5759 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5760 *
5761 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5762 *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5763 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5764 *      is therefore marked as not available.
5765 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5766 */
5767enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5768        NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5769        NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5770        NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5771};
5772
5773/**
5774 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5775 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5776 *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5777 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5778 *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5779 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5780 */
5781enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5782        NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
5783};
5784
5785/**
5786 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5787 *
5788 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5789 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5790 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5791 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5792 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5793 */
5794enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5795        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5796        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5797        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5798        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5799        /* add other protocols before this one */
5800        NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5801};
5802
5803/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5804#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
5805
5806/**
5807 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5808 *
5809 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5810 *
5811 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5812 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5813 *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5814 *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5815 *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5816 */
5817enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5818        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5819        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5820};
5821
5822/*
5823 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5824 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5825 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5826 */
5827#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
5828
5829/**
5830 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5831 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5832 *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5833 *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5834 *      added to this file when needed.
5835 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5836 */
5837struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5838        __u32 vendor_id;
5839        __u32 subcmd;
5840};
5841
5842/**
5843 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5844 *
5845 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5846 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5847 *
5848 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5849 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5850 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5851 */
5852enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5853        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5854        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5855        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5856};
5857
5858/**
5859 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5860 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5861 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5862 *      seconds (u32).
5863 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5864 *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5865 *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5866 *      make the scan plan meaningless.
5867 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5868 *      currently defined
5869 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5870 */
5871enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5872        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5873        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5874        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5875
5876        /* keep last */
5877        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5878        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5879                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5880};
5881
5882/**
5883 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5884 *
5885 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5886 *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5887 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5888 */
5889struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5890        __u8 band;
5891        __s8 delta;
5892} __attribute__((packed));
5893
5894/**
5895 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5896 *
5897 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5898 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5899 *      is requested.
5900 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5901 *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5902 *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5903 *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5904 *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5905 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5906 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5907 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5908 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5909 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5910 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5911 *
5912 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5913 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5914 * which the driver shall use.
5915 */
5916enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5917        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5918        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5919        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5920        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5921
5922        /* keep last */
5923        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5924        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5925};
5926
5927/**
5928 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5929 *
5930 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5931 *
5932 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5933 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5934 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5935 */
5936enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5937        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5938        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5939        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5940
5941        /* keep last */
5942        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5943        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5944};
5945
5946/**
5947 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5948 *
5949 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5950 *
5951 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5952 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5953 */
5954enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5955        NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5956        NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5957};
5958
5959/**
5960 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5961 *
5962 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5963 *
5964 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5965 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5966 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5967 */
5968enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5969        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5970        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5971        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5972};
5973
5974#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5975#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5976#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5977
5978/**
5979 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5980 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5981 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5982 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5983 *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5984 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5985 *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5986 *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5987 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5988 *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5989 *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5990 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5991 *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5992 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5993 *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5994 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5995 *      is follow up. This is a u8.
5996 *      The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5997 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5998 *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5999 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6000 *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6001 *      This is a flag.
6002 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6003 *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6004 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6005 *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6006 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6007 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6008 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6009 *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6010 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6011 *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6012 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6013 *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6014 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6015 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6016 *
6017 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6018 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6019 */
6020enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6021        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6022        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6023        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6024        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6025        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6026        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6027        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6028        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6029        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6030        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6031        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6032        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6033        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6034        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6035        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6036        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6037        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6038
6039        /* keep last */
6040        NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6041        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6042};
6043
6044/**
6045 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6046 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6047 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6048 *      This is a flag.
6049 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6050 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6051 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6052 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6053 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6054 *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6055 *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6056 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6057 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6058 */
6059enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6060        __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6061        NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6062        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6063        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6064        NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6065
6066        /* keep last */
6067        NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6068        NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6069};
6070
6071/**
6072 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6073 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6074 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6075 *      match. This is a nested attribute.
6076 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6077 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6078 *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6079 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6080 *
6081 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6082 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6083 */
6084enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6085        __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6086        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6087        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6088
6089        /* keep last */
6090        NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6091        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6092};
6093
6094/**
6095 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6096 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6097 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6098 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6099 */
6100enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6101        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6102        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6103};
6104
6105/**
6106 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6107 *      responder attributes
6108 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6109 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6110 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6111 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6112 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6113 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6114 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6115 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6116 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6117 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6118 */
6119enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6120        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6121
6122        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6123        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6124        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6125
6126        /* keep last */
6127        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6128        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6129};
6130
6131/*
6132 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6133 *
6134 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6135 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6136 *
6137 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6138 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6139 *      were ssfully answered (u32)
6140 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6141 *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
6142 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6143 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6144 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6145 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6146 *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6147 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6148 *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6149 *      phase with the responder (u32)
6150 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6151 *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6152 *      FTM slot (u32)
6153 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6154 *      scheduled window (u32)
6155 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6156 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6157 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6158 */
6159enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6160        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6161        NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6162        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6163        NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6164        NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6165        NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6166        NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6167        NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6168        NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6169        NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6170        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6171
6172        /* keep last */
6173        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6174        NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6175};
6176
6177/**
6178 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6179 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6180 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6181 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6182 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6183 */
6184enum nl80211_preamble {
6185        NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6186        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6187        NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6188        NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6189};
6190
6191/**
6192 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6194 *      these numbers also for attributes
6195 *
6196 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6197 *
6198 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6199 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6200 */
6201enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6202        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6203
6204        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6205
6206        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6207        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6208};
6209
6210/**
6211 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6212 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6213 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6214 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6215 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6216 *      reason may be available in the response data
6217 */
6218enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6219        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6220        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6221        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6222        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6223};
6224
6225/**
6226 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6227 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6228 *
6229 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6230 *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6231 *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6233 *      (flag attribute)
6234 *
6235 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6236 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6237 */
6238enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6239        __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6240
6241        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6242        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6243
6244        /* keep last */
6245        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6246        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6247};
6248
6249/**
6250 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6251 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6252 *
6253 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6254 *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6255 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6256 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6257 *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6258 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6259 *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6260 *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6261 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6262 *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6263 *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6264 *      (u64, usec)
6265 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6266 *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6267 *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6268 *      result.
6269 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6270 *
6271 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6272 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6273 */
6274enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6275        __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6276
6277        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6278        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6279        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6280        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6281        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6282        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6283
6284        /* keep last */
6285        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6286        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6287};
6288
6289/**
6290 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6291 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6292 *
6293 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6294 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6295 *      attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6296 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6297 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6298 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6299 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6300 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6301 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6302 *
6303 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6305 */
6306enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6307        __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6308
6309        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6310        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6311        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6312        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6313
6314        /* keep last */
6315        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6316        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6317};
6318
6319/**
6320 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6321 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6322 *
6323 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6324 *      advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6325 *      measurements can be done with in a single request
6326 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6327 *      indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6328 *      measurement results
6329 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6330 *      indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6331 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6332 *      this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6333 *      type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6334 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6335 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6336 *      meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6337 *      sub-attributes taken from
6338 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6339 *
6340 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6342 */
6343enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6344        __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6345
6346        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6347        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6348        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6349        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6350        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6351
6352        /* keep last */
6353        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6354        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6355};
6356
6357/**
6358 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6359 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6360 *
6361 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6362 *      is supported
6363 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6364 *      mode is supported
6365 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6366 *      data can be requested during the measurement
6367 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6368 *      location data can be requested during the measurement
6369 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6370 *      from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6371 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6372 *      &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6373 *      bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6374 *      configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6375 *      bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6376 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6377 *      the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6378 *      is valid)
6379 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6380 *      the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6381 *
6382 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6384 */
6385enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6386        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6387
6388        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6389        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6390        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6391        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6392        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6393        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6394        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6395        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6396
6397        /* keep last */
6398        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6399        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6400};
6401
6402/**
6403 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6404 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6405 *
6406 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6407 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6408 *      &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6409 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6410 *      802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6411 *      (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6412 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6413 *      of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6414 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6415 *      Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6416 *      default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6418 *      requested per burst
6419 *      (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6420 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6421 *      (u8, default 3)
6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6424 *      (flag)
6425 *
6426 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6428 */
6429enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6430        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6431
6432        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6433        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6434        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6435        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6436        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6437        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6438        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6439        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6440        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6441
6442        /* keep last */
6443        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6444        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6445};
6446
6447/**
6448 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6450 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6452 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6453 *      on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6454 *      try and get no response)
6455 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6457 *      received
6458 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6459 *      later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6461 *      by the peer and are no longer supported
6462 */
6463enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6464        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6465        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6466        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6467        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6468        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6469        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6470        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6471        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6472};
6473
6474/**
6475 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6476 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6477 *
6478 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6479 *      (u32, optional)
6480 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6481 *      as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6482 *      the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6484 *      transmitted (u32, optional)
6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6486 *      that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6487 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6488 *      busy peer (u32, seconds)
6489 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6490 *      used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6492 *      the responder (similar to request, u8)
6493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6494 *      by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6495 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6496 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6497 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6498 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6499 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6500 *      FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6501 *      attributes)
6502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6503 *      action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6505 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6507 *      standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6508 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6509 *      optional)
6510 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6511 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6512 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6513 *      that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6514 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6515 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6516 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6517 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6518 *      Type 8.
6519 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6520 *      (binary, optional);
6521 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6522 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6523 *      Type 11.
6524 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6525 *
6526 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6527 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6528 */
6529enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6530        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6531
6532        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6533        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6534        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6535        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6536        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6537        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6538        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6539        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6540        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6541        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6542        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6543        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6544        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6545        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6546        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6547        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6548        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6549        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6550        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6551        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6552        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6553
6554        /* keep last */
6555        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6556        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6557};
6558
6559/**
6560 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6561 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6562 *
6563 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6564 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6565 *
6566 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6567 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6568 */
6569enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6570        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6571
6572        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6573        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6574
6575        /* keep last */
6576        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6577        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6578};
6579
6580
6581#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
6582